Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
 105599.00049 
 SIGMATRON INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

2014 EMPLOYEE BONUS PLAN 
  

	1.	PURPOSE. The purpose of the 2014 Employee Bonus Plan of SigmaTron International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”) is to align stockholder
and employee objectives, motivate employees, and increase stockholder value. 

  

	2.	DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed in this Section 2 or as otherwise defined in this Plan: 

 

	 	a.	“Award Year” shall mean the Company’s fiscal year to which bonuses under this Plan relate. 

 

	 	b.	“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. 

 

	 	c.	“CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. 

 

	 	d.	“CFO” shall mean the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. 

 

	 	e.	“Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Company. 

 

	 	f.	“Executive Officer” shall mean any employee designated by the Company as an executive officer pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

  

	 	g.	“GAAP” shall mean U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. 

 

	 	h.	“Pre-Tax Income” shall mean income, as determined by GAAP, prior to deduction of the Bonus Pool (as hereinafter defined) and income taxes, and if
applicable, after the deduction of any bonus pool of a future officer bonus plan adopted by the Company relating to an applicable Award Year and adjustments approved by the Board as described herein. 

 

	 	i.	“Officer” shall mean any full-time Company employee with a corporate ranking of Vice-President or higher who is not designated as an Executive Officer.

  

	 	j.	“Participant” shall mean any U.S. payroll employee, Officer, or Executive Officer, except for employees under a collective bargaining agreement, who
are not covered by this Plan. 

  

	 	k.	“Plan” shall mean this 2014 Employee Bonus Plan. 

  

	3.	ADMINISTRATION. The Board shall have the power to adopt, modify and revoke such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are
consistent therewith. Except as otherwise directed herein, the Board shall administer and interpret the Plan in accordance with its provisions. 

  

	4.	TIMING AND ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR BONUS PAYOUTS. 

  

	 	a.	Bonuses pursuant to this Plan shall be determined at the end of the Award Year and paid as soon as practicable after the Bonus Pool is calculated and awards under the
Plan are approved. 

	 	b.	To be eligible for a bonus pursuant to this Plan, each Participant must be on the Company’s payroll on the last day of the Award Year, absent special circumstances
approved by the Board. 

  

	5.	BONUS POOL; DETERMINATION AND CALCULATION OF BONUS AWARDS. 

  

	 	a.	The aggregate bonus pool fund from which bonuses shall be awarded under this Plan (“Bonus Pool”) shall be calculated as a percentage of Pre-Tax Income
pursuant to a graduated scale as further stated in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein. 

  

	 	b.	The Committee, in its sole discretion, may recommend to the Board for its approval adjustments to the calculation of Pre-Tax Income. 

 

	 	c.	As soon as reasonably practicable after approval of the Plan, and during the first quarter of each fiscal year thereafter, the CEO shall identify and submit to the
Committee for its recommendation to the Board Award Year target objectives for each Executive Officer (“Target Objectives”). The CEO’s Target Objectives shall be identified by mutual agreement of the Committee and CEO which the
Committee shall then recommend to the Board for approval. The bonus amount awarded to an Executive Officer shall be based, in part and at the sole discretion of the Board, after receiving the recommendation of the Committee, on such Executive
Officer achieving his/her Target Objectives during the Award Year. 

  

	 	d.	During any Award Year, the CEO may recommend to the Committee, the Committee may recommend to the Board and the Board may approve changes to the Target Objectives.

  

	 	e.	As soon as reasonably practicable after the Bonus Pool is calculated, the CEO shall recommend and submit to the Committee for its recommendation to the Board a
percentage or dollar allocation of the Bonus Pool for: (1) each Executive Officer and Officer, individually; and (2) all other Participants, in the aggregate. 

 

	 	f.	Awards shall be granted and paid to the Participants only upon satisfaction of the following condition: 

 

	 	i.	At the end of the Award Year, the Company is in compliance with all covenants under its primary credit facility (currently with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.), or has obtained
a waiver of covenant compliance from the bank. 

  

	6.	RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR A FISCAL YEAR TO WHICH A BONUS RELATES. 

 

	 	a.	 CLAWBACK. If the Company is required to restate all or a portion of its financial statements (“Restated Financial Statements”) due to
material non-compliance with financial reporting requirements under securities laws for a fiscal year to which bonuses were previously awarded (“Awarded FY”), and the amount of the Bonus Pool for the Awarded FY (“Awarded
Bonus Pool”) would have been lower had the financial results been properly reported, the Board shall require 

  
 2 

	 	
reimbursement from each Executive Officer who received a bonus from the Awarded Bonus Pool (“Awarded Bonus”) equal to the difference between the amount of the Awarded Bonus and
the bonus that would have been paid if calculated according to the Restated Financial Statements. 

  

	 	b.	CLAWBACK LIMITATIONS. The clawback provisions of paragraph 6(a) of this Plan shall be limited to 3 years from the date on which the Company is required to prepare the
Restated Financial Statements. 

  

	 	c.	CLAWBACK NOTICE. In the event of any such required reimbursement, the Company shall give written notice thereof to each Executive Officer stating the amount of the
required reimbursement and the reasons therefor. Each Executive Officer shall make such reimbursement within 45 days from the date notice is delivered. 

  

	 	d.	RESTATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS RESULTING IN HIGHER BONUS POOL. If the Company restates all or a portion of its financial statements for an Awarded FY, and the amount of
the Awarded Bonus Pool would have been greater had the financial results been properly reported, the Board may add the difference between the amount of the bonus pool calculated according to the Restated Financial Statements and Awarded Bonus Pool
to the Bonus Pool for the fiscal year in which the Restated Financial Statements are completed. Bonus awards pursuant to this subparagraph 6(d) shall be awarded pursuant to paragraph 5 of this Plan. 

 

	7.	EMPLOYMENT AND PLAN RIGHTS. This Plan shall neither be deemed to give any Participant the right to be employed by the Company, nor impair the Company’s right to
discharge any Participant at any time, subject to the terms of an employment agreement between a Participant and the Company, if any. 

  

	8.	AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION. This Plan may be amended, suspended, or terminated, at any time or from time to time, by the Board of Directors.

  
 3EXHIBIT 4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  
 NII International Telecom S.C.A. 
 7.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019 

 
  

Indenture 

Dated as of May 23, 2013 
  

 
 Wilmington
Trust, National Association 
 Trustee 

 
  

 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

									
	 Trust Indenture
Act Section
	 	  	 	
Indenture Section

					
	310	 	(a)(1)	 		 		 	7.10
		 	(a)(2)	 		 		 	7.10
		 	(a)(3)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(a)(4)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(a)(5)	 		 		 	7.10
		 	(b)	 		 		 	7.10
		 	(c)	 		 		 	N.A.
	311	 	(a)	 		 		 	7.11
		 	(b)	 		 		 	7.11
		 	(c)	 		 		 	N.A.
	312	 	(a)	 		 		 	2.06
		 	(b)	 		 		 	12.03
		 	(c)	 		 		 	12.03
	313	 	(a)	 		 		 	7.06
		 	(b)(1)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(b)(2)	 		 		 	7.06, 7.07
		 	(c)	 		 		 	7.06, 12.02
		 	(d)	 		 		 	7.06
	314	 	(a)	 		 		 	12.05
		 	(b)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(c)(1)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(c)(2)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(c)(3)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(d)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(e)	 		 		 	12.05
		 	(f)	 		 		 	N.A.
	315	 	(a)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(b)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(c)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(d)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(e)	 		 		 	N.A.
	316	 	(a)(last sentence)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(a)(1)(A)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(a)(1)(B)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(a)(2)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(b)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(c)	 		 		 	12.14
	317	 	(a)(1)	 		 		 	N.A.

  

 
 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

									
		 	(a)(2)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(b)	 		 		 	N.A.
	318	 	(a)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(b)	 		 		 	N.A.
		 	(c)	 		 		 	12.01

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	 ARTICLE ONE
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE
	   

  
   

			
	 Section 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02.
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	29	  
	 Section 1.03.
	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	30	  
	 Section 1.04.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	30	  
	
	 ARTICLE TWO
 THE NOTES
	   

  

			
	 Section 2.01.
	 	 Form and Dating
	  	 	31	  
	 Section 2.02.
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	32	  
	 Section 2.03.
	 	 Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes
	  	 	33	  
	 Section 2.04.
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	33	  
	 Section 2.05.
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	33	  
	 Section 2.06.
	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.07.
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.08.
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 2.09.
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 2.10.
	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 2.11.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 2.12.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 2.13.
	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 2.14.
	 	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	49	  
	
	 ARTICLE THREE
 REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO
 PURCHASE
	   

  
   

			
	 Section 3.01.
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.02.
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.03.
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.04.
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 3.05.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 3.06.
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 3.07.
	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 3.08.
	 	 Redemption for Taxation Reasons
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 3.09.
	 	 Repurchase Offers
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 3.10.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	55	  

  
 i 

							
	 ARTICLE FOUR
 COVENANTS
	   

  

			
	 Section 4.01.
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.02.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 4.03.
	 	 Reports
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 4.04.
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	57	  
	 Section 4.05.
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.06.
	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.07.
	 	 Restricted Payments
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.08.
	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.09.
	 	 Incurrence of Indebtedness
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 4.10.
	 	 Asset Sales
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 4.11.
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	70	  
	 Section 4.12.
	 	 Liens
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 4.13.
	 	 Business Activities
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 4.14.
	 	 Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 4.15.
	 	 Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 4.16.
	 	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 4.17.
	 	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 4.18.
	 	 Subsidiary Guarantees
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 4.19.
	 	 Payment of Additional Amounts
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 4.20.
	 	 Springing Maturity Offer
	  	 	78	  
	
	 ARTICLE FIVE
 SUCCESSORS
	   

  

			
	 Section 5.01.
	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 5.02.
	 	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	80	  
	
	 ARTICLE SIX
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	   

  

			
	 Section 6.01.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 6.02.
	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 6.03.
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 6.04.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 6.05.
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 6.06.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.07.
	 	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.08.
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.09.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 6.10.
	 	 Priorities
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 6.11.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	86	  

  
 ii 

							
	 ARTICLE SEVEN
 TRUSTEE
	   

  

			
	 Section 7.01.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 7.02.
	 	 Certain Rights of Trustee
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 7.03.
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 7.04.
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 7.05.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 7.06.
	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 7.07.
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.08.
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.09.
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 7.10.
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 7.11.
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 7.12.
	 	 No Representation by Trustee
	  	 	91	  
	
	 ARTICLE EIGHT
 DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	   

  

			
	 Section 8.01.
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 8.02.
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 8.03.
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	92	  
	 Section 8.04.
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	93	  
	 Section 8.05.
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 8.06.
	 	 Repayment to the Company
	  	 	95	  
	 Section 8.07.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	95	  
	 Section 8.08.
	 	 Survival of Rights
	  	 	95	  
	
	 ARTICLE NINE
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	   

  

			
	 Section 9.01.
	 	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 9.02.
	 	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 9.03.
	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 9.04.
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	99	  
	 Section 9.05.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	99	  
	 Section 9.06.
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
	  	 	99	  
	
	 ARTICLE TEN
 NOTE GUARANTEES
	   

  

			
	 Section 10.01.
	 	 Guarantee
	  	 	99	  
	 Section 10.02.
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	100	  
	 Section 10.03.
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 10.04.
	 	 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 10.05.
	 	 Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor
	  	 	102	  

  
 iii

							
	 ARTICLE ELEVEN
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	   

  

			
	 Section 11.01.
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	103	  
	 Section 11.02.
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 11.03.
	 	 Survival
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 11.04.
	 	 Repayment to the Company
	  	 	104	  
	
	 ARTICLE TWELVE
 MISCELLANEOUS
	   

  

			
	 Section 12.01.
	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 12.02.
	 	 Notices
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 12.03.
	 	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 12.04.
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 12.05.
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 12.06.
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.07.
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.08.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.09.
	 	 Consent to Jurisdiction
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.10.
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.11.
	 	 Successors
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.12.
	 	 Severability
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.13.
	 	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.14.
	 	 Acts of Holders
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.15.
	 	 Benefit of Indenture
	  	 	109	  
	 Section 12.16.
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	  	 	110	  
	 Section 12.17.
	 	 Currency Rate Indemnity
	  	 	110	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE
		
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
		
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
		
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
		
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
		
	Exhibit F	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  
 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of May 23, 2013 among NII International Telecom S.C.A.,
a partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and established under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 65, Boulevard Grande-Duchess Charlotte, L-1331
Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 149237 (the “Company”), NII Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and Wilmington
Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee. 
 The Company has duly authorized the execution and
delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its 7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 to be issued in one or more series as provided in this Indenture. The Initial Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of
this Indenture to provide for a guarantee of the Notes and of certain of the Company’s obligations hereunder. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company and the Initial Guarantor, in accordance with its terms,
have been done. 
 The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as defined below) agree as follows for the benefit of each other
and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the 7.875% Senior Notes due 2019: 
 ARTICLE ONE

 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes sold in
reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or which is assumed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Acquisition and not incurred in
connection with, or in anticipation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition. The term “Acquired Indebtedness” does not include Indebtedness of a Person which is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise
repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition. 
 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Additional Notes” means an unlimited maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (other than the Notes issued on the
date hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof. 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means (1) any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person or (2) any executive officer or director of such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,”
as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or
otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common
control with” shall have correlative meanings. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or
co-registrar. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the greater of
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note at February 15, 2017 (such redemption price being described
herein at Section 3.07) plus (2) all remaining required interest payments due on such Note through February 15, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note. 
 “Applicable Procedures”
means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Acquisition” means: 
 (1) an Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated with
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only if such Person’s primary business is a Permitted Business, or 

(2) an acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person other than the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute all or substantially all of a division, operating unit or line of business of such Person but only if the property and assets so acquired is a Permitted Business. 

“Asset Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than
to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, of (a) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) all or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division, operating unit or line of business
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets, other than a transaction governed by Sections 4.14 and/or
Section 5.01; and 

  
 2 

 (2) (a) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries or (b) the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Equity Interests it owns in any of its Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent
required by applicable law). 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall be deemed not to be Asset Sales:

 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets or Equity Interests having a Fair Market
Value of less than $15.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of assets or Equity Interests between or among the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to
another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the sale, lease, sublease, license, sublicense, consignment, conveyance or other
disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business in compliance with Section 4.11; 
 (5) the sale or other disposition of Cash Equivalents; 
 (6) dispositions of
accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings; 
 (7) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 and any Permitted Investment; 
 (8) any sale or disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn out or obsolete; 
 (9) the creation of a Lien not prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (10) the licensing
of intellectual property or other general intangibles (other than Wireless Licenses) to third persons on terms approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith and in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) the sale or other disposition of transmission towers and related equipment and assets in one or more Sale and Leaseback
Transactions, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100.0 million; 
 (12) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or
the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and 
 (13) any disposition arising from
foreclosure, condemnation or similar action with respect to any property or other assets or exercise of termination rights under any lease, license, concession or other agreement. 

  
 3 

 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means,
at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, including any period for which such lease has been
extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors and
Article 437 ff. and Articles 593 ff. of the Luxembourg Commercial Code, the grand ducal regulation of 24 May 1935 on controlled management, the law of 14 April 1886 on arrangements to prevent insolvency, the Council Regulation (EC) N°
1346/2000 of 29 May 2000 and the law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended and any other laws in relation to insolvency proceedings. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any
particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) (3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a
corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except in the context of the definitions
of “Change of Control,” a duly authorized committee thereof; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the
Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company,
the managing member or members or any controlling committee or board of directors of such company or of the sole member or of the managing member thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Board Resolution” means a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company (or any individual performing similar functions directly or indirectly on behalf
of such Person under Luxembourg law, including any manager of the Company’s manager), to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification. 

  
 4 

 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior
to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or
participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) (a) United
States dollars; and (b) in the case of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the local currency of the country in which it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries operates; 

(2) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or
any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof), having maturities, unless such securities are deposited to defease any Indebtedness, of not more
than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
 (3) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, overnight
deposits and time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any commercial bank that is organized under
the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States and at the time of acquisition thereof has capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent
thereof) and a rating of P-1 or better from Moody’s or A-1 or better from S&P or, with respect to a commercial bank organized outside of the United States, a local market credit rating of at least “BBB-” (or the then equivalent
grade) by S&P and the equivalent rating by Moody’s, or with government owned financial institution that is organized under the laws of any of the countries in which the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries conduct business; 

  
 5 

 (4) commercial paper outstanding at any time issued by any Person that is
organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States and rated P-1 or better from Moody’s or A-1 or better from S&P or, with respect to Persons organized outside
of the United States, a local market credit rating at least “BBB-” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P and the equivalent rating by Moody’s and in each case with maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of
acquisition thereof; 
 (5) securities with final maturities of not more than one year from the date of
acquisition thereof issued or fully guaranteed by any state, territory or municipality of the United States of America or by any political subdivision, taxing authority, agency or instrumentality thereof or any country recognized by the United
States, which securities are rated at the time of acquisition at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; 
 (6)
insured demand deposits made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ customary cash management policy in any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof; 
 (7) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 360 days
for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

(8) local currency denominated investments in government issued instruments with a term of not more than 360 days
from the date of acquisition, but only to the extent the country’s credit rating is at least “BBB-” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P and the equivalent rating by Moody’s; and 

(9) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in money market funds or investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or similar provision under foreign law, at least 90% of the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character, quality and
maturity described in clauses (1) through (8) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control” means the
occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that
term is used in Section 13(d) (3) of the Exchange Act) 
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

  
 6 

 (3) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such “person” or its Subsidiaries, and any Person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such
plan), other than Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into
account all such securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right to the extent that such option right is exercisable within 60 days after the date of determination); 

(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect
parent of the Company are not Continuing Directors; 
 (5) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into,
any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, or such Person is converted into or exchanged for cash,
securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or
transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance); or 

(6) Parent ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of the Company (unless Parent and the
Company are merged); 
 provided that no Change of Control shall be deemed to occur if the Notes are rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s
and BBB- or better by Standard & Poor’s (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized
statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Company as a replacement agency) for a period of at least 90 consecutive days, beginning on the date of such event, which
period will be extended for so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrading by the applicable rating agency. 
 “Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg (formerly Cedel Bank, société anonyme), and any successor thereto. 

“Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock) of such Person, whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or issued thereafter. 
 “Company” means NII International Telecom S.C.A., a
partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and established under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 65, Boulevard Grande-Duchess Charlotte, L-1331 Luxembourg,
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 149237, until a successor replaces it pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof and thereafter means the successor. 

  
 7 

 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for
any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus: 
 (1) provision for taxes
based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including withholding taxes), to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such Fixed
Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) depreciation, amortization
(including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses or charges (including, without limitation, minority interest expense and foreign exchange losses
and excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses or charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, such other non-cash expenses to include, without limitation, impairment
charges associated with goodwill, wireless licenses, other indefinite-lived assets and long-lived assets, and stock- based compensation awards; minus 
 (4) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income (including, without limitation, foreign exchange gains) for such period, other than the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice;

 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that for as long as the Company
remains a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent, the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent that is attributable to the Parent’s ownership and
operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the
income or profits of, the Fixed Charges of and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company
(A) in the same proportion that the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was added to compute such Consolidated Net Income of the Company and (B) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under
Section 4.07(a)(C)(1), only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended or distributed to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without any prior governmental approval (that has
not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, 

  
 8 

 
instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or holders of its Capital Stock, unless such restriction has been legally
waived or is contained in any agreement governing Indebtedness that is permitted by the covenant described under Section 4.08, provided, that the restrictions on the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions
contemplated by this clause (B) shall not include approvals required by the Board of Directors or shareholders of the Restricted Subsidiary, the requirement to obtain audited financial statements and any other requirements that are
administrative in nature and in the good faith judgment of the Company would be satisfied; provided further, that amounts shall not be excluded by this clause (B) to the extent they are paid or could be paid in cash to the specified
Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof by dividend, distribution or other payment (including, without limitation, making loans, repaying indebtedness or paying under intercompany arrangements). 

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means on any Transaction Date, the ratio of: 

(1) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
outstanding on such Transaction Date, to 
 (2) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Four Quarter Period. 
 In determining the Consolidated Leverage Ratio: 

(1) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness that is to be incurred or repaid on the Transaction Date;

 (2) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro forma
effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur during the Reference Period as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period; 

(3) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the
application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or has been merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during such Reference Period and that
would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary, as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that
occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. 
 To the extent that pro forma effect is given to an Asset Acquisition or
Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division, operating unit or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed of
for which financial information is available, and Consolidated Cash Flow shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, but without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in
the definition of Consolidated Net Income. 

  
 9 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for
any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:: 

(1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(C)(1),
the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without
any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that
Restricted Subsidiary or holders of its Capital Stock, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived or is contained in any agreement governing Indebtedness that is permitted under
Section 4.08, provided, that the restrictions on the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions contemplated by this clause (2) shall not include approvals required by the Board of Directors or shareholders
of the Restricted Subsidiary, the requirement to obtain audited financial statements and any other requirements that are administrative in nature and in the good faith judgment of the Company would be satisfied; provided further, that
the Net Income of a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be excluded by this clause (2) to the extent it is paid or could be paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof by dividend, distribution or other payment
(including, without limitation, making loans, repaying indebtedness or paying under intercompany arrangements). 

(3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition
shall be excluded; 
 (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;

 (5) any interest on Subordinated Intercompany Funding shall be excluded; and 

(6) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income or loss of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded,
whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 

  
 10 

 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member
of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, as applicable who: 

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or 

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing
Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election or, in the case of the Company, was nominated for election or elected by the Parent. 

“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with
banks or other institutional lenders or a trustee, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders
against such receivables), letters of credit or issuances of notes, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time; provided that any notes issued by the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this definition shall be contractually subordinated to the Notes and the Note Guarantees and have a Stated Maturity no earlier than the 191st day following the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof
and issued in accordance with Section 2.07 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in
global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this
Indenture. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security
into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one year after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified
Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock
provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. The term “Disqualified

  
 11 

 
Stock” shall also include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be
redeemed, prior to the date that is one year after the date on which the Notes mature. 
 “Equity Interests”
means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private placement of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company
or, to the extent proceeds therefrom are contributed to the Company, any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee
benefit plan of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company) to any Person other than any Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” means debt securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Notes (except that the Additional Interest provisions and transfer restrictions shall be
eliminated) to be issued under this Indenture. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means a registration
statement of the Company and the Initial Guarantor on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments
thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Existing NII Aviation Aircraft Lease” means the capital lease described under “Corporate Aircraft Lease” in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements of Parent included
in Parent’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011. 
 “Existing NII Capital
Notes” means the 10.000% Senior Notes due 2016, 8.875% Senior Notes due 2019 and 7.625% Senior Notes due 2021 of NII Capital Corp. outstanding on the Issue Date. 
 “Existing NII Capital 2016 Notes” means the 10.000% Senior Notes due 2016 outstanding on the Issue Date. 
 “Existing NII Capital 2021 Notes Issue Date” means March 29, 2011. 
 “Existing NII Holdings Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness represented by the Existing NII Aviation Aircraft Lease and the Existing NII Capital Notes, including, in each case, any
Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent (other than Indebtedness issued by, or recourse to, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) refinancing (x) such Indebtedness or (y) any such refinancing Indebtedness
thereof; provided that (1) the amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the amount so refinanced (plus any reasonable premiums, fees and expenses) and (2) such refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity
equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness so refinanced. 

  
 12 

 “Existing Subordinated Intercompany Loan” means the $644 million principal
amount subordinated intercompany loan from NII Capital Corp. to the Company outstanding on the Issue Date. 
 “Fair
Market Value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good
faith by an Officer of the Company or by the Board of Directors of the Company, evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate or Board Resolution, as applicable. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued, excluding any interest expense with respect to Subordinated Intercompany Funding, but otherwise including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest
component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in
respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus 

(2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period (but
excluding any capitalized interest on Subordinated Intercompany Funding); plus 
 (3) any interest expense
on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;
plus 
 (4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on
any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company
or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person (if
such Person is part of a consolidated group, then such tax rate shall be computed on a standalone basis for such Person), expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; plus 

(5) any of the Fixed Charges described in clauses (1) through (4) above of NII Capital Corp. or any Existing NII
Capital Notes Guarantor for such period with respect to the Existing NII Holdings Indebtedness. 

  
 13 

 “Four Quarter Period” means, with respect to any specified Transaction
Date, the four fiscal quarters immediately prior to the Transaction Date for which internal financial statements of the Company are available. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which were in effect on
the Issue Date. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(ii), which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually
and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.07(b), 2.07(d) or 2.07(f) of this Indenture. 

“Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely
payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged. 
 “Guarantee” means, as to any Person, a guarantee
other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement
agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person. 
 “Guarantors” means:

 (1) the Initial Guarantor; and 

(2) any Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; and
their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under the Note Guarantee and this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or
arrangements with respect to interest rates; 
 (2) commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements,
forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements with respect to commodity prices; and 
 (3) foreign
exchange contracts, currency swap agreements, currency option agreements and other agreements or arrangements with respect to foreign currency exchange rates. 

  
 14 

 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly
or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided
that (1) any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount nor the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in
the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued)
shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Fixed Charges and Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as accrued. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (other than Subordinated
Intercompany Funding), whether or not contingent and without duplication: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money;

 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement
agreements in respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 

(4) in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt; 

(5) in respect of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services, except any such
balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; 
 (6) representing Hedging Obligations;

 (7) representing Disqualified Stock valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed
repurchase price plus accrued dividends; or 
 (8) in the case of a Subsidiary of such Person, representing
Preferred Stock valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends. 

  
 15 

 In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all Indebtedness of others
secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such asset at
such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness, and (y) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed
repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, as if such Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock were repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness is required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the
maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be: 
 (1) the
accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and 
 (2) the
principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 “Initial Guarantor” means the Parent. 
 “Initial
Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
 “Indenture” means
this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who
holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor”
means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans or other extensions of
credit (including Guarantees), advances, capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration
of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 16 

 If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have
made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that
holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third
Person. 
 “Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Notes under this Indenture. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York or at a place
of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
 “Legended
Regulation S Global Note” means a global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its
nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Registered
Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option
or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 

“Management and Royalty Fees” means the management fees, royalty fees, compensation and other overhead chargebacks and
similar fees and charges payable by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of such parent that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for management services, use of
trademarks and trade names, compensation, corporate overhead, and similar items, including all amounts payable under the arrangements described in the Offering Memorandum under “Intercompany arrangements – Management and royalty
arrangements” and any similar arrangements. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
and its successors. 

  
 17 

 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income
(loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business of such Person;
or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

(2) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss.

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds, including payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not the interest component, thereof) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the
sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting, investment banking and brokerage fees, and sales
commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (2) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,
(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale or required to be paid as a result of such sale, (4) any reserve for
adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP, (5) in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, payments to holders of Equity Interests in such Restricted
Subsidiary in such capacity (other than such Equity Interests held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof) to the extent that such payment is required to permit the distribution of such proceeds in respect of the Equity Interests in
such Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (6) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale,
including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in accordance
with GAAP; provided that (a) excess amounts set aside for payment of taxes pursuant to clause (2) above remaining after such taxes have been paid in full or the statute of limitations therefor has expired and (b) amounts
initially held in reserve pursuant to clause (6) no longer so held, shall, in the case of each of subclause (a) and (b), at that time become Net Proceeds. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Guarantee” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Notes” means the 7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 of the Company issued on the date hereof and any Additional Notes,
including any Exchange Notes. The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 

  
 18 

 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering” means the offering of the Notes by the Company. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Company for the offering of the Notes, dated May 16,
2013. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,
the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person (or any individual performing similar functions directly or
indirectly on behalf of such Person under Luxembourg law, including any manager of the Company’s manager). 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by at least two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the
principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company (or any individual performing similar functions directly or indirectly on behalf of such Person under Luxembourg law,
including any manager of the Company’s manager), that meets the requirements of Section 12.05. 
 “Opinion of
Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (who may be counsel to or an employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) that meets the requirements of Section 12.05.

 “Parent” means NII Holdings, Inc. 
 “Parent Level Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Parent that is not a Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and with respect to
DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “Permitted Business” means the telecommunications business
and related activities and services including any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in the Offering Memorandum) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, (which include, without limitation, the
delivery or distribution of wireless telecommunications services (including voice, data or video services) and the acquisition, holding or exploitation of any license relating to the delivery of such wireless telecommunications services) and other
businesses related, ancillary or complementary thereto. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

  
 19 

 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment: 
  

	 	(a)	such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

  

	 	(b)	such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

 provided that such Person’s primary business is a Permitted
Business; 
 (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that
was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; 
 (5) Investments acquired as a capital
contribution to, or in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of, the Company; provided that
the amount of any such Equity Interests or net proceeds that are utilized for any such acquisition or exchange will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(C)(2); 
 (6) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements
previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency
exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; 
 (7) stock, obligations
or securities received in satisfaction of judgments; 
 (8) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary
course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (9) commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to officers and employees of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are expected at the time of such advance ultimately to be recorded as an expense in conformity with GAAP; 
 (10) loans and advances to employees, officers or directors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business, provided that such loans and advances do
not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (11) Investments existing on the Existing NII
Capital 2021 Notes Issue Date; 

  
 20 

 (12) other Investments in any Person primarily engaged in a Permitted
Business (including joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other
outstanding Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) since August 18, 2009, not to exceed 20% of consolidated total assets of the Company (determined as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal
financial statements of the Company are available); and 
 (13) other Investments, having an aggregate Fair
Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other outstanding Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) since August 18, 2009,
not to exceed $350.0 million. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens on the assets securing Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(i); 

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation or other event and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that is merged into or
consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be; 
 (4) Liens on property existing
at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by
the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor; 
 (5) Liens securing the Notes and any Note Guarantee; 

(6) Liens existing on the Existing NII Capital 2021 Notes Issue Date (other than any Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred
under Section 4.09(b)(i)) and any renewals or extension thereof, provided that property or assets covered thereby is not expanded in connection with such renewal or extension; 

(7) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or
assets other than the property or assets that secure the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (8) Liens on property
or assets used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that (a) the Incurrence of such Indebtedness was not prohibited by this Indenture and (b) such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited
by this Indenture; 

  
 21 

 (9) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations)
permitted by Section 4.09(b)(iv); provided that any such Lien (a) covers only the assets acquired, constructed or improved with such Indebtedness and (b) is created within 365 days of such acquisition, construction or
improvement; 
 (10) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with
worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security obligations; 
 (11) Liens, deposits
or pledges to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness), leases, or other similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of other for, rights of way, zoning or other
restrictions as to the use of properties, and defects in title which, in the case of any of the foregoing, were not incurred or created to secure the payment of Indebtedness, and which in the aggregate do no materially adversely affect the value of
such properties or materially impair the use for the purposes of which such properties are held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (13) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made; 
 (14) Liens, deposits or pledges to secure public
or statutory obligations, surety, stay, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds or obligations; and Liens, deposits or pledges in lieu of such bonds or obligations, or to secure such bonds or obligations, or to secure letters of credit
in lieu of or supporting the payment of such bonds or obligations; 
 (15) Liens in favor of collecting or payor
banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof on deposit with or in possession of such bank; 

(16) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensor in the property subject to any lease, license or
sublicense (other than any property that is the subject of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction); 
 (17) Liens for
taxes, assessments and governmental charges not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP; 

(18) Liens arising from precautionary financing statements or similar documents regarding operating leases or
consignments; 
 (19) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure
payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 

  
 22 

 (20) Liens on cash collateral not in excess of $150 million in the
aggregate at any time securing letters of credit; 
 (21) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’,
landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations not overdue for a period in excess of 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently prosecuted; provided, however, that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required to conform with GAAP will have been made for that reserve or provision.

 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness);
provided that: 
 (1) the amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the amount of
the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses
incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of the Notes and is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as applicable,
on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

(4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right
of payment with the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or such Note Guarantee; and 

(5) if the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is (a) the
Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or (b) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 “Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee and that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is 

  
 23 

 
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking
fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, no earlier than on or after the date that is one year after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that would not constitute Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company or any Guarantor to repurchase such Indebtedness upon the
occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will nonetheless constitute Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness if the terms of such Indebtedness provide that the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, may not repurchase or
redeem any such Indebtedness pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint- stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Preferred Stock”
means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions upon liquidation. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under
this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Prospectus” means the
prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the
Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Notes or the Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto,
including post-effective amendments and any and all information incorporated by reference therein. 
 “QIB”
means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Reference Period” means,
with respect to any specified Transaction Date, the period beginning on the first day of the Four Quarter Period and ending on such Transaction Date. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer of the Company and the Initial Guarantor to issue and deliver to Holders that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from
participating in such offer, in exchange for the Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration
Rights Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date, among the Company, the Initial Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the other
parties thereto relating to the registration by the Company and the Guarantors of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

  
 24 

 “Registration Statement” means any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Notes or the Exchange Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in
each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Legended Regulation S Global Note or a Unlegended Regulation S Global
Note, as appropriate. 
 “Replacement Assets” means (1) capital expenditures or other non-current assets
that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business, (2) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or (3) Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that, when taken together with all other Voting Stock of such
Person owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, constitutes a majority of the Voting Stock of such Person and such Person shall become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust
Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a
particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to “Restricted
Subsidiary” shall be a reference to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Rule 144” means
Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under
the Securities Act. 

  
 25 

 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its successors.

 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving any of the
assets or properties of such Person, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or otherwise transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets
or properties which such Person intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon property or assets of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Initial Guarantor
pursuant to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, which covers some or all of the Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the
Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the
meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any
installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated Intercompany Funding” means, the Existing Subordinated Intercompany Loan and any future funds provided to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, or any
Subsidiary of such parent, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by such parent or Subsidiary, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any
other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Intercompany Funding; provided, however, that such Subordinated Intercompany Funding: 

(1) does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortization, redemption or other repayment of principal
or any sinking fund payment prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any funding meeting the
requirements of this definition); 

  
 26 

 (2) does not (including upon the happening of any event) require, prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts; 
 (3) contains no change of control or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash
payment (in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes) or the payment of any amount as a result of any such action or provision; 
 (4) is unsecured and does not benefit from a Guarantee of any Subsidiary of the Company; and 
 (5) pursuant to its terms is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are not materially less
favorable to the holders of the Notes than those contained in the documentation for the Existing Subordinated Intercompany Loan as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 provided that any event or circumstance that results in such subordinated obligation ceasing to qualify as Subordinated Intercompany Funding, including it ceasing to be held by any direct or
indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of such parent, shall constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company; and provided further for the avoidance of doubt, that any voluntary payment by the Company in respect of
Subordinated Intercompany Funding shall be permitted if it is a Restricted Payment that complies with this Indenture. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a
Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means any Note Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees the Company’s Obligations under the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and
its successors and assigns, until released from its obligations under such Guarantee and this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 

  
 27 

 “Transaction Date” means, with respect to the incurrence of any
Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the date such Indebtedness is to be incurred, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made, and with respect to the incurrence of any Lien
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the date such Lien is to be incurred. 
 “Treasury Rate”
means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly
available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining term of the Notes to
February 15, 2017; provided, however, that if the then remaining term of the Notes to February 15, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the
Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the then remaining term of
the Notes to February 15, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unlegended Regulation S
Global Note” means a permanent global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and issued upon expiration of the
Restricted Period. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and
are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global
Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and
registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes, and that does not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of
the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution in compliance with Section 4.16 hereof and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary and (ii) Nextel Chile S.A. and any Subsidiary thereof, unless designated as a Restricted
Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture after the Issue Date. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as
defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 

  
 28 

 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted
Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at
final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

“Wireless Licenses” means broadband personal communications service licenses or other licenses for the provision of
wireless telecommunications services or operation of wireless telecommunications systems issued from time to time by the applicable government agency or other authority in the jurisdictions where the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries operate.

 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in
Section
		
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.10
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	2.07
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	2.07
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice”
	  	2.07
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	2.07
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	4.15
	 “DTC”
	  	2.01
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “Excess Proceeds Trigger Date”
	  	4.10
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Net Payment” 
	  	4.19
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04

  
 29 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in
Section
		
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04
	 “Relevant Tax Jurisdiction” 
	  	4.19
	 “Repurchase Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Springing Maturity Offer”
	  	4.20
	 “Springing Maturity Payment Date”
	  	4.20
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.15
	 “Tax Gross-Up”
	  	4.19
	 “Tax Indemnities”
	  	4.19

 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
Indenture. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission
rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 30 

 (iii) “or” is not exclusive; 

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(v) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(vi) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time. 
 ARTICLE TWO 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements
required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issued in registered, global form without interest coupons and only shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that Notes may be issuable in denominations less than $1,000 solely to the extent necessary to accommodate book-entry positions created in such amounts by The Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”). 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a
part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (and shall
include the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the
Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that
it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate,
to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with
instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 hereof. 
 (c) Regulation S Global Notes.
Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Legended Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the

  
 31 

 
Trustee, as custodian for DTC, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream,
duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests
in Unlegended Regulation S Global Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the
Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear”
and the “General Terms and Conditions of Cedel Bank” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through
Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 

Two Officers of the Company shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless
be valid. 
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. Such signature shall be
conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The aggregate principal amount of Notes which
may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Company may, subject to Article Four of this Indenture and applicable law, issue Additional Notes under this Indenture, including Exchange Notes. The Notes issued on the
Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue on the date hereof of
$700.0 million. At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate Notes for original issue in aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication
Order. The Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this
Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 

  
 32 

 Section 2.03. Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes. 

If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Company shall pay or cause the Paying Agent to pay all principal,
interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar unless the Company elects to
make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders. 

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee
in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Parent or any of its Subsidiaries may act as
Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Registrar will promptly inform the Company (by notice sent to the Company in accordance with
Section 12.02 hereof) of any changes to the register and the Company will record such changes in the register it holds at its registered office. For purposes of Luxembourg law, ownership of the Notes will be evidenced through registration from
time to time in the register held by and at the registered office of the Company, and such registration is a means of evidencing title to the Notes. In the case of discrepancy between the register held by the Registrar and the register kept by, and
at the office of, the Company, the registrations in the register held by, and at the registered office of, the Company shall prevail for Luxembourg law purposes. 
 (b) The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 (c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 

Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying
Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a 

  
 33 

 
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability
for the money. If the Company or one of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization
proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.06. Holder
Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it
of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a). 
 Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee
of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes are
exchangeable by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) DTC (A) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary or that it
(B) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary; (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of
Definitive Notes; provided that in no event shall the Legended Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period; or (iii) there shall have occurred and be
continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the
Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to
this Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a);
however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.07(b) or (c) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however,
that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial
Purchasers). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be
delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.07(b)(i). 

  
 34 

 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.07(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order
from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written
order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred
or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;
provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period. Upon consummation of a Registered
Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.07(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.07(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of
Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes
or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount at maturity of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof. 

  
 35 

 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee shall take
delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

(B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Legended Regulation S Global
Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be
exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies
with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (2) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 36 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests
or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If
any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or
(D) above. 
 (v) Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global
Note may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th
calendar day after (A) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (B) with respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Company
may pursuant to the Applicable Procedures (i) provide written notice to DTC at least 15 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a
particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Company shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”)
to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least 15 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the
Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be
transferred and the (z) “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for
authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Company, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged. At the Company’s request on no less than 5
calendar days’ notice prior to the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Company’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to 

  
 37 

 
each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.07, during the 15 day period prior to the Automatic
Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.07(b)(v) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Company. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Company shall provide, and the Trustee
shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the
particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.07(b)(v), the
aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global
Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for
Definitive Notes. 
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if
the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
item (2)(a) thereof; 
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with
Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than that listed in
subparagraph (B) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(b) thereof, if applicable; or 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof, 

  
 38 

 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be
reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such
beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Legended Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes. A beneficial
interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, except in the
case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (2) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

  
 39 

 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures
so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iv)
Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the
applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate
principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such
beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

  
 40 

 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or 

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to
the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S
Global Note. 
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A
Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (2) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 41 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests
or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.07(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Unrestricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to
Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 If any such exchange or
transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or
surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the
requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.07(e). 

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred
to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (1) thereof; 

  
 42 

 (B) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]; and 

(C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged
by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or
(2) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) any such transfer is
effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set
forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to 

  
 43 

 
the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f)
Registered Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the
Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in
the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (y) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Registered
Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the
Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of
Restricted Global Notes so accepted Unrestricted Global Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (g) Legends. The
following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(i) Private Placement Legend. Except as permitted below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes
issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS NOTE AND THE
GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF,
U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS
AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES 

  
 44 

 
THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE AND THE
GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON, EXCEPT (A) TO NII HOLDINGS, INC., NII INTERNATIONAL TELECOM S.C.A. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE
UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES
ENDORSED HEREON (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE), AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO NII HOLDINGS, INC., NII INTERNATIONAL
TELECOM S.C.A. AND THE GUARANTORS THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION
FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE AND THE
GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON ARE TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST SUBMIT THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER REFERENCED IN THE INDENTURE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER,
FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE, NII HOLDINGS, INC., NII INTERNATIONAL TELECOM S.C.A. AND THE GUARANTORS SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EACH OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO
AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES,” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO
THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (b)(v), (c)(iii), (c)(iv),
(d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.07 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 45 

 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE)
OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF
THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE
AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 

(h) Regulation S Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following
form: 
 THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES,
ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). 
 (i) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such
time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or
retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such
other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(j) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request. 

  
 46 

 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in
a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other
than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.06, 3.07, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof). 

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in
whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (iv) All Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a
period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to
exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest
payment date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. 

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may
deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the
Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (viii) All certifications,
certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronic transmission with the original to follow
by first class mail. 
 Section 2.08. Replacement Notes. 

(a) If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an
indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of 

  
 47 

 
the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for
its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 (b) Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled
to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes. 
 (a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global
Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.10 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof. 

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof
satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 (c) If the principal amount of any Note is
considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 (d) If the
Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to
be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.10. Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company or the Parent, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or the Parent, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 

Section 2.11. Temporary Notes. 
 (a) Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes
shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and
the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 (b) Holders of temporary Notes shall be
entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

  
 48 

 Section 2.12. Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee
any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of
canceled Notes in accordance with its procedures for the disposition of canceled securities in effect as of the date of such disposition (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposition of all
canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the
Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on
each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date
for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a
notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers. 
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 

  
 49 

 ARTICLE THREE 
 REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO 
 PURCHASE 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and
(iv) the redemption price. 
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 

(a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes for redemption as follows:
(i) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such principal national securities exchange; or (ii) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, subject to adjustments so
that no Notes of $2,000 or less will be redeemed in part. 
 (b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the
Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. No Notes in amounts of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be
in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in
the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
 (a) At least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered, by first class mail or electronic transmission, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(i) the redemption date; 
 (ii) the redemption price; 
 (iii) if any Note is being redeemed in
part only, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name
of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

  
 50 

 (v) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent
to collect the redemption price and become due on the date fixed for redemption; 
 (vi) that, unless the Company
defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (vii) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice
or printed on the Notes. 
 (b) At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and
setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice, if delivered in the manner provided herein shall be presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.

 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due
and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
 Section 3.05.
Deposit of Redemption Price. 
 (a) One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any
money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 

(b) If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to
accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in
whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph,
interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 4.01 hereof. 

  
 51 

 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the
Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. No Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. 

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At any time on or after February 15, 2017, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices set
forth below (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the related interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month (or, in the case of 2019, six-month) period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.938	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.969	% 
	 2019
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) At any time prior to February 15, 2016, the Company may (on any one or more occasions) redeem up
to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued hereunder (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 107.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Affiliates); and (B) the redemption must occur within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(c) At any time prior to February 15, 2017, the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, to the date of redemption. 
 (d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08. Redemption for Taxation Reasons

 (a) The Company shall be entitled, at its option, to redeem the Notes in whole if at any time it becomes obligated to pay
additional amounts on any Notes on the next interest payment date with respect to such Notes, but only if its obligation results from a change in, or an amendment to, the laws or treaties (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder)
of a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction (or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), 

  
 52 

 
or from a change in any official position regarding the interpretation, administration or application of those laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a change resulting from a holding,
judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), that becomes effective or is announced after the Issue Date (or, if the Relevant Tax Jurisdiction became a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction on a later date, after such later date) and provided the
Company cannot avoid the obligation after taking reasonable measures to do so. If the Company redeems the Notes in these circumstances, it shall do so at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued
and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, and any other amounts due to the redemption date. 
 (b) If the Company
becomes entitled to redeem the Notes in these circumstances, it may do so at any time on a redemption date of its choice. However, the Company must give the Holders of the Notes being redeemed notice of the redemption not less than 30 days or more
than 60 days before the redemption date and not more than 90 days before the next date on which it would be obligated to pay additional amounts. In addition, the Company’s obligation to pay additional amounts must remain in effect when it gives
the notice of redemption. Notice of the Company’s intent to redeem the Notes shall not be effective until such time as it delivers to the Trustee both an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Company’s obligation to pay additional
amounts cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures and an opinion of independent legal counsel or an independent auditor of recognized international standing stating that the Company is obligated to pay additional amounts because of an
amendment to or change in law, treaties or position as described this Section 3.08(a). 
 Section 3.09. Repurchase
Offers. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, 4.14 or 4.20 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence
an offer to all Holders to purchase their respective Notes (a “Repurchase Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified in such Sections and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the procedures specified below.

 The Repurchase Offer shall remain open for a period of no less than 30 days and no more than 60 days following its
commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the
Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10, 4.14 or 4.20 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in
response to the Repurchase Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is
registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of a Repurchase Offer, the Company shall send or cause to be sent, by first class mail or electronic transmission, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice shall
contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer. The Repurchase Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, shall
state: 
 (i) that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10,
Section 4.14 or Section 4.20 hereof, and the length of time the Repurchase Offer shall remain open; 

  
 53 

 (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if
any; 
 (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note (or portion thereof) accepted for
payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Purchase Date; 
 (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in principal amounts of $2,000 or on integral multiples of $1,000 only; 

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer shall be required to surrender the
Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to
withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (viii) that, if the aggregate amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall, subject in the case of a Repurchase Offer made pursuant to Section 4.10 to the
provisions of Section 4.10, select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple in excess thereof, shall
be purchased); and 
 (ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal
in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On the
Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, subject to the provisions of Sections 4.10, 4.14 and 4.20 accept for payment on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes (or portions thereof) tendered pursuant
to the Repurchase 

  
 54 

 
Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes (or portions thereof) were
accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three days after the Purchase Date) mail
or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of Notes tendered by such Holder, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company, shall promptly issue a new Note. The Trustee, upon written
request from the Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount at maturity equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered
by the Company to the respective Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on the Purchase Date. 
 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Repurchase Offer and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 or 4.20 by virtue of such compliance. 

Section 3.10. Application of Trust Money. 
 All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.02 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been
deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

ARTICLE FOUR 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. 

(a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money
deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the
amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 (b) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest
in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

  
 55 

 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an agent of the Trustee, Registrar or
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 (b) The
Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04 of this Indenture. 

Section 4.03. Reports. 
 (a) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and, upon written request, to beneficial owners and prospective investors a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (i) and
(ii) below within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (including all applicable extension periods): 
 (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if it were required to file such Forms, including a
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by its certified independent accountants; and

 (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if it were
required to file such reports. 
 (b) Whether or not required by the Commission, the Parent and the Company shall comply with
the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and shall file the reports specified in clauses (a)(i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03 with the Commission within the time periods specified above unless the Commission shall not
accept such a filing. To the extent such filings are made, the reports will be deemed to be furnished to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Parent and the Company each agrees that it shall not take any action for the purpose of causing
the Commission not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission shall not accept the Parent’s or the Company’s filings for any reason, 

  
 56 

 
the Parent or the Company, as the case may be, shall post the reports referred to in Section 4.03(a) on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Parent or the Company were
required to file those reports with the Commission (including all applicable extension periods). 
 (c) If the Company has
designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 4.03 shall include a summary presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the
footnotes thereto, or in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the revenues, net income, total assets and total liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate
from the revenues, net income, total assets and total liabilities of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company; provided that the foregoing will not apply if the Subsidiaries that the Company has designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in
the aggregate do not constitute a “Significant Subsidiary” as such term is defined under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act. 
 (d) The Company and the Guarantors each shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding and each of the Parent and the Company is not required to comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their written request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Parent is a Guarantor, the reports, information and other documents required to be
filed and provided by the Company as provided in this Section 4.03 shall be satisfied by those of Parent, so long as such filings would satisfy the Commission’s requirements. 

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Parent nor the Company shall be deemed to have failed to comply with any
of its obligations hereunder for purposes of Section 6.01(a)(iv) until 120 days after the date any report hereunder is due. 
 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Parent, the Company
and each other Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the
Parent and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Parent has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture,
and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Parent has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Parent
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is
prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Parent is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 57 

 (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company shall exercise its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or Sections 4.03(e), as applicable, above are
accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm (which shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial
statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any financial covenants contained herein that would be covered by the procedures performed in connection with their audit of such financial
statements or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any
such violation. 
 (c) The Parent shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, upon becoming
aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, and in any event, no later than 5 Business Days. 
 Section 4.05. Taxes. 
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of
its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, any taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07. Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (i) declare or pay (without
duplication) any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests or pay any interest or other amounts in respect of Subordinated Intercompany Funding
(including, without limitation, any payment in 

  
 58 

 
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends, payments or distributions (x) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (y) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company); 
 (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or of any direct or indirect parent of the Company held
by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (iii) make any payment on or with
respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any Subordinated Intercompany Funding, except (x) a payment of interest or principal
at the Stated Maturity thereof or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of
the date of such purchase, repurchase or other acquisition; or 
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such
payments and other actions set forth in Sections 4.07(a)(i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (B) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable Four Quarter Period,
have been permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a); and 

(C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries after February 19, 2013 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by subclauses 4.07(b)(ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) 100% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from
January 1, 2013 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, minus 1.4 times the Fixed Charges of the Company for the same
period, plus 

  
 59 

 (2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including (x) cash and Cash
Equivalents and (y) the Fair Market Value of property other than cash and Cash Equivalents, provided that if the Fair Market Value of such property exceeds $50.0 million such Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors of the Company, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) received by the Company since February 19, 2013 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or
sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or from the Incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or the Company that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests sold to, or
Indebtedness held by, a Subsidiary of the Company), plus 
 (3) with respect to Restricted Investments made by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after February 19, 2013, an amount equal to the net reduction in such Restricted Investments in any Person resulting from repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the net cash proceeds from the sale of any such Restricted Investment (except, in each case, to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow), from
the release of any Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such Guarantee) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, not to exceed, in each case, the amount of Restricted Investments
previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary after February 19, 2013. 
 (b) The preceding provisions shall not prohibit, so long as, in the case of clauses (v), (vii), (ix), (x) and (xi) below of this Section 4.07(b), no Default has occurred and is
continuing or would be caused thereby: 
 (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (ii) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Common Stock on a pro rata basis; 

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness or
Subordinated Intercompany Funding of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or of any direct or indirect parent of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds
of a contribution to the common equity of the Company or a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the

  
 60 

 
amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from subclause (C)(2) of
Section 4.07(a); 
 (iv) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness
subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee or of Subordinated Intercompany Funding with the net cash proceeds from an Incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or Subordinated Intercompany Funding; 

(v) the payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s Equity
Interests or the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $100.0 million; 
 (vi) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of
options or warrants to the extent that such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof; 
 (vii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any current or former employee,
consultant or director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, or any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to the terms of any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement entered into
in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate of all amounts paid by the Company in any calendar year shall not exceed $20.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding
calendar year; provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount equal to (a) the net cash proceeds to the Company from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect
parent of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to current or former members of management, directors, consultants or employees that occurs after August 18, 2009 (provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds
shall be excluded from subclause (C) (2) of Section 4.07(a)) plus (b) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company
(to the extent contributed to the Company) after August 18, 2009; 
 (viii) the purchase, redemption,
acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for value of shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, to the extent necessary, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, to
prevent the loss or secure the renewal or reinstatement of any license held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any governmental agency; 
 (ix) Restricted Payments (including, without limitation, dividends and other distributions, payments of interest or principal on any Subordinated Intercompany Funding, upstream loans or other Investments)
to Parent or any Parent Level Subsidiary made after February 19, 2013 in amounts required (when taken together with amounts 

  
 61 

 
received after February 19, 2013 by Parent or any Parent Level Subsidiary in respect of Management and Royalty Fees from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), without duplication, to
(x) fund the payment due within 90 days by any of them of, or (y) reimburse any of them for, Permitted Parent Expenses incurred by any of them after February 19, 2013. As used in this clause (9), “Permitted Parent
Expenses” means the following expenses of Parent and any Parent Level Subsidiary: 
 (A) federal, state,
foreign or local income taxes, to the extent such taxes are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by a senior executive Officer of the Company; 

(B) fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary
salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees and general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including license fees and capital expenditure), in each case to the extent such fees,
expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities, and corporate overhead costs and expenses (including license fees and capital expenditure) are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
reasonably determined by a senior executive Officer of the Company; and 
 (C) cash interest owed by NII Capital
Corp. or any Existing NII Capital Notes Guarantor on any Existing NII Holdings Indebtedness; 
 provided that any amounts received after
February 19, 2013 by Parent or any Parent Level Subsidiary in respect of Management and Royalty Fees from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of the amount equal to: (x) the aggregate Permitted Parent Expenses incurred
after February 19, 2013 minus (y) the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this Section 4.07(b)(ix) after February 19, 2013 shall be deemed Restricted Payments that are not permitted by this clause Section 4.07(b)(ix);

 (x) Restricted Payments to Parent or any Parent Level Subsidiary in amounts and at times required for Parent
or such Subsidiary to repay, prepay, defease or otherwise permanently discharge principal and premium, if any, on the Existing NII Capital 2016 Notes; provided that such Restricted Payments either (a) occur following the
purchase by the Company of any Notes tendered pursuant to a Springing Maturity Offer in accordance with Section 4.20 hereof or (b) are funded with the proceeds of a substantially concurrent Incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes and the Note Guarantees and has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the 191st day following the Stated Maturity of the Notes; and 

(xi) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250.0 million. 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be 

  
 62 

 
transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment; provided that if the Fair Market Value exceeds $50.0 million,
such Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company evidenced by a Board Resolution. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment under Section 4.07(a), Section 4.07(b)(x) or
Section 4.07(b)(xi) above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were
computed, together with a copy of any opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture. 
 Section 4.08. Dividend and
Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any liabilities owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (b) However, the preceding restrictions shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions: 

(i) existing under, by reason of or with respect to agreements governing Indebtedness or any other agreements, as in
effect on the Issue Date, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, whose judgment shall be conclusively binding and evidenced by a Board
Resolution, either (i) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in agreements governing Indebtedness or such other agreements, as the case may be, as in effect on the Issue Date or (ii) will not
materially affect the Company’s ability to pay the interest or principal, when due, on the Notes; 
 (ii)
set forth in this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (iii) existing under, by reason of or with
respect to applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

  
 63 

 (iv) with respect to any Person or the property or assets of a Person
acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or
the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof,
provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose judgment shall be binding and evidenced by a Board Resolution, either (i) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the acquisition or (ii) will not materially affect the
Company’s ability to pay the interest or principal, when due, on the Notes; 
 (v) in the case of
Section 4.08(a)(iii): 
 (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of
any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, 
 (B)
existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, or 

(C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not,
individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 

(vi) existing under, by reason of or with respect to any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary that restrict distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition; 

(vii) existing under restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or required by insurance,
surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(viii) existing under, by reason of or with respect to provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of
assets or property, in each case contained in joint venture agreements and which the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith shall not adversely affect the Company’s ability to make payments of principal or interest payments
on the Notes; and 
 (ix) encumbrances and restrictions in other Indebtedness incurred in compliance with
Section 4.09 provided that such encumbrances and restrictions, taken as 

  
 64 

 
a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, whose judgment shall be binding and evidenced by a Board Resolution, either (x) are no more materially
restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those contained in the existing agreements referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.08(b) or (y) are ordinary and customary for Indebtedness of that
type at such time and will not materially affect the Company’s ability to pay the interest or principal, when due, on the Notes. 
 Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness. 
 (a) The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor
may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 2.5 to 1. 

(b) Section 4.09(a) shall not prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
“Permitted Debt”): 
 (i) the Incurrence by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (i), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (i), not to exceed $500.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to permanently
repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10 
 (ii) the Incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Existing NII Capital 2021 Notes Issue Date; 
 (iii) the
Incurrence by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date (and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement); 
 (iv) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness represented by
Capital Lease Obligations, Attributable Debt, purchase money obligations or other similar obligations, in each case, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property,
plant or equipment (including acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent of the Fair Market Value of the property, plant or equipment of such Person) used in the business of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed $500.0 million at any time
outstanding; 

  
 65 

 (v) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be
Incurred under Sections 4.09(a) or 4.09(b) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (xii), (xiii), (xv) or (xvi); 
 (vi) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness owing to or held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that: 
 (A) if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such
Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor; and 

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, shall be deemed, in each case,
to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi); 

(vii) the Guarantee by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantee, then the
Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (viii) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign
currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of
fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; 
 (ix) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or
Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business,
assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets 

  
 66 

 
or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount (other than with respect to indemnities relating to tax obligations) does not exceed the gross
proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection with such disposition; 
 (x) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn
against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished promptly after its Incurrence; 

(xi) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement
obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days
following such drawing or Incurrence; 
 (xii) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of
Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), not
to exceed $500.0 million; 
 (xiii) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Acquired
Indebtedness, provided that immediately after giving effect to such Incurrence on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio will not be greater than such ratios immediately prior to such Incurrence; 

(xiv) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds
thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; 
 (xv) [reserved]; or

 (xvi) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xvi), not to exceed
$100.0 million. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that any proposed
Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xvi) of Section 4.09(b), or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to 4.09(a), the Company shall be permitted to
divide and classify such item of Indebtedness at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and may later redivide and/or reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies
with this Section 4.09; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness outstanding under Credit Facilities on the Existing NII Capital 2021 Notes Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date under
Section 4.09(b)(i). 

  
 67 

 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on
the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in
the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar- denominated restrictions shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the
principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 

(e) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the
Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

(f) The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company unless
it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes to the same extent. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company
or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless it is subordinate in right of payment to the relevant Note Guarantee to the same extent. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment
to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of any Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect thereof or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any Secured Indebtedness have entered
into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them. 
 Section 4.10. Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
 (i) the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(ii) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of
cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities,
Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee and liabilities to the extent owed 

  
 68 

 
to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or Equity Interests pursuant to a written novation agreement that releases the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor; and 
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations
received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are (within 60 days of receipt and subject to ordinary settlement periods) converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of
the cash received in that conversion). 
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply such Net Proceeds at its option: 
 (i) to repay, prepay,
defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire, in whole or in part, (i) Indebtedness secured by such assets, (ii) unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (iii) any Indebtedness of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness to correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto; 
 (ii) [reserved]; or 

(iii) to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter into a binding agreement to purchase such Replacement Assets; provided
that (i) such purchase is consummated within the later of (x) 180 days after the date such binding agreement is entered into and (y) 365 days after the receipt of Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale and (ii) if such
purchase is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (i), the Net Proceeds not so applied shall be deemed to be Excess Proceeds). 
 Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any
manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (c) On the 365th day after an Asset Sale (or, in the event that a binding agreement
has been entered into as set forth in Section 4.10(b)(iii), the later date set forth in such Section 4.10(b)(iii)) or such earlier date, if any, as the Company determines not to apply the Net Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set
forth in Section 4.10(b) (each such date being referred as an “Excess Proceeds Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Proceeds that has not been applied on or before the Excess Proceeds Trigger Date as permitted in
Section 4.10(b) (“Excess Proceeds”) shall be applied by the Company to make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the
Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari
passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. 

  
 69 

 (d) The Company may defer the Asset Sale Offer until the aggregate unutilized Excess
Proceeds accrued equals or exceeds $100.0 million, at which time the entire unutilized amount of Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $100.0 million) shall be applied as provided in Section 4.10(c). If any Excess Proceeds
remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari
passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other
pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Proceeds subject to such Asset Sale shall no longer be deemed to be Excess Proceeds. 

(e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this
Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (f) The Company shall not be required to make an Asset Sale Offer as provided
in this Section 4.10 if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes the Asset Sale Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to an Asset Sale Offer
made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Asset Sale Offer. 

Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase
any property or assets from, or enter into, make, amend, renew or extend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”),
unless: 
 (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
and 
 (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying 

  
 70 

 
that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and 
 (B)
with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate
Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 

(b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of
Section 4.11(a): 
 (i) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (ii) payment of reasonable and customary compensation to, and reasonable and customary indemnification and
similar payments on behalf of, directors of the Company; 
 (iii) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments
that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.07 of this Indenture; 
 (iv) any sale of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or receipt of any capital contribution to the Company from any Affiliate of the Company; 
 (v) transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date, including for the payment of Management and Royalty Fees, or any amendment, modification, or supplement thereto or
replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the original agreement or
arrangement in existence on the Issue Date; 
 (vi) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement
or arrangement, or indemnification arrangements, entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with current or former directors, officers and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the payment of
compensation to current or former directors, officers and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans), so long as such agreement,
arrangement, plan or payment has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; 
 (vii) issuances, purchases or repurchases of Notes or other Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or solicitations of amendments, waivers or

  
 71 

 
consents in respect of Notes or such other Indebtedness, so long as such issuance, purchase, repurchase or solicitation is (i) offered generally to other Holders of the Notes or other
Indebtedness on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; 
 (viii) transactions with any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely by reason of the Company’s ownership interest in such Person in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in
compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Company, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from
an unaffiliated party; and 
 (ix) reasonable and customary payments made for any financial advisory, financing,
underwriting, placement or syndication services approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith. 

Section 4.12. Liens. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, create, Incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens)
upon any of its property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured
(or, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes, prior or senior thereto, with the same relative priority as the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee shall have with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such obligations
are no longer secured by a Lien. 
 Section 4.13. Business Activities. 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses,
except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Company shall be a holding company substantially all of the assets of which shall consist of the Capital Stock of and loans to its
Subsidiaries and cash and Cash Equivalents. 
 Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control.

 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any
part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer by the Company (a “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall offer
payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date of repurchase
(the “Change of Control Payment Date,” which date shall be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control); provided, however, that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall not be
obligated to purchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.14 in the event that the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07. No later than 30 days following any

  
 72 

 
Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change
of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures described in Section 3.09. 

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful: 

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent, prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered; and 
 (iii) deliver or cause to
be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. 

(c) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such
Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such
new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (d) The Company shall
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and all other provisions of this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all
Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) A Change of Control Offer may be made in
advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 

Section 4.15. Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade. 

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date: 
 (i) the Notes are rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s and BBB- or better by Standard & Poor’s (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the
Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other 

  
 73 

 
“nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Company as a replacement agency); and

 (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (collectively, a “Covenant
Suspension Event”), 
 then, beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of Section 4.15(b), the following
sections shall be suspended: 
 (i) Section 4.10; 

(ii) Section 4.07; 
 (iii) Section 4.09; 
 (iv) Section 4.08; 

(v) Section 4.11; 
 (vi) Section 5.01(a)(iii); 
 (vii) Section 4.16;

 (viii) Section 4.18; and 

(ix) Section 4.13. 
 (b) During any period that the covenants provided in Section 4.15(a) have been suspended (a “Suspension Period”), the Company’s Board of Directors may not designate any of its
Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4.16 unless such designation would have been permitted if a Suspension Period had not been in effect at such time. 

(c) If the rating assigned by either such rating agency should subsequently decline to below Baa3 or BBB-, respectively (or if either
such agency ceases to rate the Notes, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), the sections provided in Section 4.15(a) shall be reinstated as of and from the date of
such rating decline. Calculations under the reinstated Section 4.07 shall be made as if Section 4.07 had been in effect since the date of this Indenture except that no default shall be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a
Restricted Payment made while Section 4.07 was suspended. Notwithstanding the reinstatement of the suspended Sections, no default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with such suspended Sections during any
Suspension Period. 
 (d) The Company shall give prompt written notice of any Covenant Suspension Event and the termination of
any Covenant Suspension Event to the Trustee. 

  
 74 

 Section 4.16. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; provided that: 
 (i) any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any
Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation, and such Incurrence of Indebtedness would be
permitted under Section 4.09; 
 (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned
by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary being so designated (including any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary) and any commitments to make any such
Investments shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and that such Investment would be permitted under Section 4.07; 
 (iii) such Subsidiary does not hold any Liens on any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 
 (iv) the Subsidiary being so designated: 
 (A) is not party to any
agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained at the time the agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding was entered into from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company (other than any such agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding permitted under Section 4.11); and 
 (B) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or
indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent such Guarantee or credit support would be released upon such designation; and 

(v) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 

(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with Section 4.16(a) and is permitted by this Indenture. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary
would fail to meet any of the requirements described in Sections 4.16(a)(iv), it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness, Investments, or Liens on the property, of such
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred or made by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness, Investments or Liens are not permitted to be Incurred or made as of such date under this Indenture, the Company
shall be in Default under this Indenture. 

  
 75 

 (c) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Person that is about
to become a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and may designate any newly created Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if at the time that Subsidiary is created it contains no assets, other than the de minimis
amount of assets then required by law for the formation of corporations, and Subsidiaries of the Company that are not designated by the Board of Directors as Restricted or Unrestricted will be deemed to be Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(d) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that: 
 (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09; 

(ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such
designation and such designation shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under Section 4.07; 
 (iii) all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under Section 4.12; and 

(iv) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 

Section 4.17. Payments for Consent. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as
an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the
time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.18.
Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to
Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Restricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor or simultaneously executes and delivers to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel and a supplemental indenture in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Subsidiary Guarantee shall be pari passu with or, if such other Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees, senior to such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness. 

  
 76 

 Section 4.19. Payment of Additional Amounts 

(a) If the Company (or any Guarantor) or other applicable withholding agent is required by law to deduct or withhold taxes imposed by
Luxembourg or another Relevant Tax Jurisdiction on payments to Holders under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Company or such Guarantor shall pay additional amounts on those payments to the extent described in
Section 4.19 (“Tax Gross-Up”). “Relevant Tax Jurisdiction” means Luxembourg, or another jurisdiction in which the Company or a Guarantor, if any, or a successor of any of them, is organized, is resident or
engaged in business for tax purposes or through which payments are made on or in connection with the Notes or Note Guarantees. 

(b) The Company (or any Guarantor) shall pay or cause to pay to any Holder so entitled all additional amounts that may be necessary so
that every net payment of interest, principal, premium or other amount on that note shall not be less than the amount provided for in that note. “Net Payment” refers to the amount the Company or any paying agent pays the Holder
after deducting or withholding an amount for or on account of any present or future tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed with respect to that payment by a taxing authority (including any withholding or deduction attributable to
additional amounts payable hereunder). 
 (c) The Company (and any Guarantor) shall also indemnify and reimburse Holders for

 (i) taxes (including any interest, penalties and related expenses) (“Tax Indemnities”)
imposed on the Holders by a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction if and to the same extent that a Holder would have been entitled to receive additional amounts if the Company (or any Guarantor) had been required to deduct or withhold those taxes from payments
on the Notes or with respect to any Note Guarantee; and 
 (ii) stamp, court, documentary or similar taxes or
charges (including any interest, penalties and related expenses) imposed by a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction in connection with the Notes or the execution, delivery, enforcement, registration of the Notes, or payment under or with respect to other
related documents and obligations (including the Note Guarantees) except regarding Luxembourg registration duties (droit d’enregistrement) for any Luxembourg tax payable due to a registration, submission or filing by any party of any
financing documents in relation to and including the Notes where such registration submission or filing is or was not required to maintain or preserve the rights of the above-mentioned parties under the documents. 

(d) The Company (or any Guarantor) shall not pay additional amounts to any Holder for or on account of any of the following: 

(i) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed solely because at any time there is or was a connection
between the Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner, member or shareholder of or possessor of power over the relevant Holder if the Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation)
and the jurisdiction imposing the tax (other than the mere receipt of a payment or the acquisition, ownership, disposition or holding of, or enforcement of rights under, a note); 

  
 77 

 (ii) any estate, inheritance, gift or any similar tax, assessment or other
governmental charge; 
 (iii) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed solely because the Holder
(or if the Holder is not the beneficial owner, the beneficial owner) that is legally able to do so fails to comply with any certification, identification or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection
with the taxing jurisdiction of the Holder or any beneficial owner of the note, if compliance is required by law or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the jurisdiction imposing the tax is a party, as a precondition to exemption from the
tax, assessment or other governmental charge and the Company has given the Holders at least 60 days’ notice that Holders shall be required to provide such information and identification; 

(iv) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge with respect to a note presented for payment more than 30 days after
the date on which payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for and notice thereof given to Holders, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the Holder of the note would have been entitled to
additional amounts on presenting the note for payment on any date during the 30-day period; 
 (v) any
withholding or deduction imposed on a payment to an individual or residual entity that is required to be made pursuant to the European Union Directive on the taxation of savings income (2003/48/EC), or any other directive implementing the
conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, any such directive; and 

(vi) any Tax Indemnities to the extent these taxes have been compensated for an additional amount under the Tax Gross-Up
or would have been compensated for an additional payment under the Tax Gross-Up but was not so compensated solely because one of the abovementioned exclusions applied. 
 The obligations described under this Section 4.19 shall survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to the
Company or a Guarantor and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is organized, doing business or is otherwise resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor or its respective agents.

 Section 4.20. Springing Maturity Offer. 
 (a) In the event that the Existing NII Capital 2016 Notes have not been repaid or refinanced in full (provided that any Indebtedness refinancing the Existing NII Capital 2016 Notes shall have a
Stated Maturity no earlier than the 191st day following the Stated Maturity of the Notes) on or prior to May 15, 2016, the Company shall make an offer (a “Springing 

  
 78 

 
Maturity Offer”) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, to the date of purchase. 
 (b) If a Springing Maturity Offer is required, it shall commence on May 16,
2016, shall be consummated on June 15, 2016 (the “Springing Maturity Payment Date”) and shall otherwise be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09. On the Springing Maturity Payment Date, the
Company shall accept for purchase all Notes properly tendered in the Springing Maturity Offer against payment of the offer price in cash. 
 (c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable
in connection with each repurchase of Notes. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.20, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.20 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (d) The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Springing Maturity Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Springing Maturity Payment Date. 

ARTICLE FIVE 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of
Assets. 
 (a) The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person
(whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in
one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (i) either: (a) the Company is the surviving
corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (i) is a corporation,
partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Luxembourg or any other country that is a member country of the European Union and (ii) assumes
all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (a) the Company (or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger 

  
 79 

 
with the Company, if other than the Company, or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made) shall be permitted to Incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company (or such Person, as the case may be) shall not be greater than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company immediately
prior to such transaction; 
 (iv) each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person with which the Company has
entered into a transaction under this Section 5.01, shall have by amendment to its Note Guarantee confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of the Company in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture; and 

(v) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture. 
 (b) The
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries properties or assets taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 (c) Section 5.01(a)(iii) shall not apply to (x) any merger, consolidation or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance
or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction. 

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof,
the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after
the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company) and may
exercise all rights and powers of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Parent herein. 
 ARTICLE SIX 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01. Events of Default. 
 (a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
 (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on (or any additional amounts as provided or referred to under Section 4.19), or Additional Interest, if any with respect to, the
Notes; 

  
 80 

 (ii) default in payment when due (whether at maturity, upon acceleration,
redemption, required repurchase or otherwise) of the principal of (or any additional amounts as provided or referred to under Section 4.19), or premium, if any, on the Notes; 

(iii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after written notice to the Company by the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to comply with Sections 4.10 or 4.14 (in each case other than a failure to purchase Notes which shall constitute an Event of Default under
Section 6.01(a)(ii)) or the failure by the Company to comply with Section 5.01; 
 (iv) failure by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to comply with any of the other agreements in this
Indenture; 
 (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Company) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and 

in each case, such default shall not have been rescinded or such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged within 10 days and the
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more; 

(vi) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company to pay final
judgments (to the extent such judgments are not paid or covered by insurance provided by a reputable carrier) aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; 

(vii) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or
invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; 

  
 81 

 (viii) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to
or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(D) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and 

(ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company, in an involuntary case, 

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or for all or substantially all of
the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company, or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60
consecutive days. 
 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 

(a) In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(viii) or Section 6.01(a)(ix) hereof, all outstanding Notes
shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all
the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company specifying the Event of Default. 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 
 (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Interest, if any, with
respect to, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 (b) The Trustee may
maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

  
 82 

 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

(a) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of
the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof, and its consequences, and waive any related existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, or on the principal of the Notes) if: 
 (i) the
Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (x) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements and advances of the Trustee, it agents and counsel,
(y) all overdue interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes, (z) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration or occurrence of acceleration and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, thereon at the rate prescribed therefor by such Notes, and (iv) to the extent that payment for such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest, if any, at the rate prescribed in Section 4.01 hereof,

 (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived, and 
 (iii) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. 
 (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to any such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. In case
of any such waiver, the Parent, Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This Section 6.04 and Section 9.02 shall be in lieu of
Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy
available to the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial
to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes. 

  
 83 

 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

(a) A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(i) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes make a written request to the
Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (iii) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against any costs, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60
days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
 (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request. 
 Such limitations do not apply to the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, which right shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 
 (b) A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if
any, interest on, and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to, the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on
or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08.
Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(i) or (a)(ii) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on
the Notes and interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent lawful, interest and Additional Interest, if any, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

  
 84 

 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have
the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or
any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any
custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the
same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of
reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10. Priorities. 
 (a) If the Trustee collects any money
pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents
and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities Incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and
Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and 

Third: the balance, if any, to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

  
 85 

 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a
Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than ten percent in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE SEVEN 
 TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. Except to the extent, if any, provided otherwise in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (as from
time to time in effect): 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be
liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance
with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 

  
 86 

 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No
provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holder of
Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may
conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by two Officers of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered
to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any Person for
special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) for any action it takes or omits to take, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss
or damage. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer
of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such event is sent to the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof, and such notice references the Notes. 

  
 87 

 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise
deal with, the Company or any of its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as described in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (as in effect at such
time), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, it shall not be
accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders of
Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may
withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a) Within 60 days after each May 31 beginning with the May 31 following the date hereof, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve
months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to the Holders of Notes shall be delivered to the Company and filed with the
Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or any delisting thereof. 

  
 88 

 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services
hereunder in accordance with a written schedule provided by the Trustee to the Company. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee
promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the
Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 (b) The Company shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against any and all
losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this
Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by either of the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to
the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence, or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder unless and to the extent failure to notify the Company materially impairs the Company’s ability to defend such claim. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall
cooperate in the defense. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. 

(d) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. 

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(viii) and
(ix) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

(f) The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08. 

  
 89 

 (b) The Trustee may resign by notifying the Company in writing at any time and be discharged
from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee upon 30 days notice by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The
Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee
under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (iii) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the
retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall deliver a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to
this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. 
 If the Trustee
consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

  
 90 

 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $150.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who
satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. The Trustee hereby waives any right to set-off any claim that it may have against the Company in any capacity (other than as Trustee and Paying
Agent) against any of the assets of the Company held by the Trustee; provided, however, that if the Trustee is or becomes a lender of any other Indebtedness permitted hereunder to be pari passu with the Notes, then such waiver
shall not apply to the extent of such Indebtedness. 
 Section 7.12. No Representation by Trustee. 

The recitals and statements contained herein (except the name, address and jurisdiction of organization of the Trustee) and in the Notes
(other than the Trustee’s authentication of the Notes) shall be taken as the recitals of and statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes (except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication thereof) of any series. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of
the Notes or the proceeds thereof. The Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article Four hereof or otherwise established by the terms of the Notes. 

ARTICLE EIGHT 
 DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Eight. 
 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the
Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be
deemed to have been discharged from their respective obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors 

  
 91 

 
shall be deemed to have been discharged with respect to their obligations under the Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal
Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, respectively, which
shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations
under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or
premium and Additional Interest, if any, or additional amounts on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of
Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the Company’s obligations under Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and any Guarantors’
obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article Eight. Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under
Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09 (including the incorporation thereof into
Section 5.01(a)(iii)), 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.20 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant
Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants,
but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to
the outstanding Notes, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any
reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(iii) through (vii) shall not constitute Events of Default. 

  
 92 

 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

(a) The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 (i) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the
Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest
and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or additional amounts on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to
maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there
has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S.
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either: (a) on the
date of such deposit; or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit; 

(v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 

(vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that,
(1) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 123rd day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 123rd
day following the deposit, the trust funds 

  
 93 

 
shall not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, including Section 547 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code and Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law and (2) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940; 

(vii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company, any Guarantor or others; 

(viii) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable
instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and 
 (ix) the Company must deliver to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

(a) Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with
the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through
any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but
such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (b) The Company shall pay and
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other
than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 (c) Anything
in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04
hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are
in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 94 

 Section 8.06. Repayment to the Company. 

Subject to applicable escheat laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for
the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then
held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published
once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication,
any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations
under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof and, in the case of a Legal Defeasance, the Guarantors’ obligations under their respective Note
Guarantees shall be revised and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof, in each case until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02
or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to
the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

Section 8.08. Survival of Rights. 
 Notwithstanding the defeasance of the obligations under this Indenture, whether by Legal Defeasance or by Covenant Defeasance, any obligations of the Company under Section 8.05(b) and immunities of
the Trustee under this Indenture shall survive. 

  
 95 

 ARTICLE NINE 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of
Holders of Notes. 
 (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors, and the Trustee
may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
 (i) to cure
any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
 (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes; 
 (iii) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Subsidiary
Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s assets; 

(iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not
materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 
 (v) to comply with
requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (vi) to comply with the provisions described under Section 4.18 or Article Ten; 
 (vii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor Trustee; 
 (viii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or 
 (ix) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of notes” in the Offering Memorandum. 

(b) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended
or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of any documents requested under Section 7.02(b) hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the
terms of this Indenture and make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

  
 96 

 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange
offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). 

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to
any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or its duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain
Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously
given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect. 
 (c) Upon the
request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement to this Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent
of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amendment or supplement unless such amendment or
supplement directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplement. 

(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (e)
After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall deliver to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to
deliver such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an
amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not: 
 (i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose
Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

  
 97 

 (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or
alter the provisions, or waive any payment, with respect to the redemption of the Notes; 
 (iii) amend, change
or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with Section 4.10 after the obligation to make such Asset Sale Offer has arisen, or the obligation of the Company to
make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.14 after such Change of Control has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating
thereto; 
 (iv) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(v) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if
any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 (vi) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars; 

(vii) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes; 

(viii) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (ix) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment
on or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee; 
 (x) except as otherwise permitted under
Sections 4.18 or Article Ten or Article Five, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture; 

(xi) contractually subordinate in right of payment the Notes or any Note Guarantee to any other Indebtedness; or

 (xii) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions. 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Notes in articles 86 to 94-8 of the Luxembourg act dated August 10,
1915 on commercial companies, as amended, shall not apply in respect of the Notes. 
 Section 9.03. Compliance with
Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a document that
complies with the TIA as then in effect. 

  
 98 

 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder
of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder
of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its
terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

(a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The
Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

(b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement
or waiver. 
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement to this Indenture or any Note authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the
amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture or Note until its Board of Directors approves it. In executing any
amendment or supplement or Note, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive (i) a copy of any Board Resolution passed pursuant to this Section 9.06 and (ii) evidence of any consent of the Holders
provided in accordance with Section 9.02. 
 ARTICLE TEN 

NOTE GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01. Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article Ten, each
of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, and fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and
enforceability of, this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when
due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period
provided herein), and all other obligations of the Company to the 

  
 99 

 
Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of
payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment
and not a guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable
law, their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with
respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.
Subject to Section 6.06 hereof, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the
Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian,
trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in
full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the
Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand,
(x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in
respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and
payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note
Guarantee. 
 Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the

  
 100

 
extent applicable to such Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor shall
be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or
payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance. 
 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

(a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee
substantially in the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or
one of its Vice Presidents. 
 (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 (c) If
an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note
Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 (e) If required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company
shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.18 hereof and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable. 

Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms. 

(a) A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into
(whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, unless: 

(i) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(ii) either: 
 (A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is organized or existing under the
laws of the United States, any 

  
 101

 
state thereof or the District of Columbia or Luxembourg or any other country that is a member country of the European Union or the same jurisdiction as the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor and
assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee and the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(B) such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with Section 4.10 hereof. 

(b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance governed by Section 10.04(a)(ii)(A), upon the assumption by the
successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and
conditions of this Indenture to be performed by a Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for a Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to
be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects
have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof. 
 Section 10.05. Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor. 

(a) Any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee, (i) in connection with any
sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale of all such Capital Stock of that
Subsidiary Guarantor complies with Section 4.10 hereof; (ii) if the Company properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this Indenture; (iii) upon legal or covenant
defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes as permitted under this Indenture; or (iv) solely in the case of a Note Guarantee created pursuant to Section 4.18, upon release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the
creation of such Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.18, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee. 
 (b) Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions to the
release of a Guarantor under this Section 10.05 have been met, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

(c) Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of
principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article Ten. 

  
 102

 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 11.01. Satisfaction and
Discharge. 
 (a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued
thereunder, when: 
 (i) either: 

(A) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and
Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or shall become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of
the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes
not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

(ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of any deposit referred to in
Section 11.01(a)(i)(B) or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is
a party or by which the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound; 
 (iii) the Company or any
Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (iv) the Company has
delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 

(b) In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion may be subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall pay to the Company from time to time upon its request any cash or Government Securities held by it as provided in this section which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm expressed in a written certification delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect a satisfaction and discharge
under this Article Eleven. 

  
 103

 Section 11.02. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities
(including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal,
premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 11.03. Survival 
 Notwithstanding the discharge of this
Indenture pursuant to this Article Eleven, the rights and immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture shall survive. 

Section 11.04. Repayment to the Company. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and
remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such
trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall
thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street Journal
(national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
shall be repaid to the Company. 
 ARTICLE TWELVE 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the
imposed duties shall control. 

  
 104

 Section 12.02. Notices. 

(a) Any notice or communication by the Company or any Guarantor, on the one hand, or the Trustee on the other hand, to the other is duly
given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Company or any Guarantor: 
 NII International Telecom S.C.A. 
 c/o NII Holdings, Inc. 

1875 Explorer Street, Suite 1000 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 
 Facsimile: (703) 390-5191 

Attention: Secretary 
 With copies to: 
 Williams Mullen 

200 South 10th Street 
 Richmond, VA 23218 
 Facsimile: (804) 420-6929 

Attention: Charles W. Kemp, Esq. 
 If to the Trustee: 
 Wilmington Trust, National Association 

Rodney Square North 
 1100 N. Market St. 
 Wilmington, DE 19890-1615 

Fax: (302) 636-4145 
 Attention: Corporate Capital Markets 
 (b) The Company the Guarantors or the
Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

(c) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by
hand, if personally delivered; three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 (d) Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be delivered by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, electronic transmission, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so delivered
to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

(e) If a notice or communication is delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not
the addressee receives it. 
 (f) If the Company delivers a notice or communication to Holders, it shall deliver a copy to the
Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 

  
 105

 Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to its rights under this
Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

(a) Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (except with respect to the
initial issuance of the Notes), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (i) an Officers’ Certificate in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (ii) an Opinion of Counsel in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel (who may rely upon and Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact), all
such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
 Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or
Opinion. 
 (a) Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this
Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 

(i) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or
opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such
Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

  
 106

 Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers,
Employees and Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, manager or partner of the
Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws. 
 Section 12.08. Governing Law. 

THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES. THE APPLICATION
OF THE PROVISIONS SET OUT IN ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES DATED AUGUST 10, 1915 IS EXCLUDED. 
 Section 12.09. Consent to Jurisdiction. 
 Each of the Company and the
Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. Federal or New York State court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City, County and State of New York, United States of America, in any legal suit, action or
proceeding based on or arising under this Indenture and agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court. Each of the Company and the Guarantor irrevocably waive the defense of an inconvenient forum or
objections to personal jurisdiction with respect to the maintenance of such legal suit, action or proceeding. To the extent permitted by law, each of the Company and the Guarantor hereby waive any objections to the enforcement by any competent court
in Luxembourg of any judgment validly obtained in any such Federal or state court in New York on the basis of any such legal suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Company and the Guarantor have appointed C T Corporation System, at 111 Eighth
Avenue, New York 10011, United States of America (the “Process Agent”) as its Process Agent upon whom process may be served in any such legal suit, action or proceeding. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. The Process Agent has
agreed to act as said agent for service of process and the Company and the Guarantor agree to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and
effect as aforesaid. Each of the Company and the Guarantor further agree that service of process upon the Process Agent and written notice of said service to the Company and the Guarantor shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process
upon the Company and the Guarantor in any such legal suit, action or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right 

  
 107

 
of the Trustee or any Holder to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. The provisions of this Section 12.09 are intended to be effective upon the execution of his Indenture
without any further action by the Company or the Guarantor and the introduction of a true copy of this Indenture into evidence shall be conclusive and final evidence as to such matters. 

Section 12.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or of
any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.11.
Successors. 
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of
the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04. 

Section 12.12. Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.13. Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent
the same agreement. 
 Section 12.14. Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or
taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action
shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein
sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and
conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company if made in the manner provided in this Section 12.14. 
 (b) The fact
and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds,
certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than

  
 108

 
his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority
of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.14, the principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the
Registrar as provided in Section 2.04 hereof. 
 (d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give
such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA § 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to
such resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation
pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such
record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or
agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization,
agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. 

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled
hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such
appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 
 Section 12.15. Benefit of Indenture.

 Nothing, in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any
Paying Agent, any Registrar and its successors hereunder, and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 

  
 109

 Section 12.16. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.17. Currency Rate Indemnity. 
 The U.S. dollar is the sole
currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company under or in connection with the Notes or this Indenture, including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars (whether as a result of, or of the
enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or otherwise) by any Holder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company will only constitute a discharge to the
Company to the extent of the amount in U.S. dollars which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase
on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If the U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under any Note, the Company will indemnify it against any loss sustained by it
as a result. In any event, the Company will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 12.17, it will be sufficient for the Holder to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating
sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollar been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars on such date had
not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). The indemnities set forth in this Section 12.17 constitute
separate and independent causes of action and shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder and shall continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any
sum due under any Note. 
 [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

  
 110

 
					
	SIGNATURES
	
	Very truly yours,
	
	NII INTERNATIONAL TELECOM S.C.A.
	
	represented by its manager
	
	NII INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS S.à r.l.
	
	itself represented by Daniel E. Freiman and Shana C. Smith, duly authorized Class B Managers
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Daniel E. Freiman

		 	Name:	 	Daniel E. Freiman
		 	Title:	 	Class B Manager
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Shana C. Smith

		 	Name:	 	Shana C. Smith
		 	Title:	 	Class B Manager
	
	NII HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Shana C. Smith

		 	Name:	 	Shana C. Smith
		 	Title:	 	Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary

  
 Indenture
Signature Page 

 
			
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joshua C. Jones

		 	Name: Joshua C. Jones
		 	Title: Banking Officer

  
 Indenture
Signature Page 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [Face of Note] 
 [INSERT APPROPRIATE LEGENDS] 

  
 A1-1

			
	No.	  	**$            **

 NII INTERNATIONAL TELECOM S.C.A. 
 7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 
 Issue Date: May 23, 2013 

NII International Telecom S.C.A., a partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and
established under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Company”, which term includes any successor under this Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to
                    , or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     ($            ) on August 15, 2019. 

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15, commencing August 15, 2013. 
 Record Dates: February 1 and August 1. 
 Reference is hereby made to the
further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 [ATTACH NOTATION OF GUARANTEE FOR EACH GUARANTOR] 

  
 A1-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile
by its duly authorized officers. 
  

					
	NII INTERNATIONAL TELECOM S.C.A.
	
	represented by its manager
	
	NII INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS S.à r.l.
	
	itself represented by Daniel E. Freiman and Shana C. Smith, duly authorized Class B Managers
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Daniel E. Freiman
		 	Title:	 	Class B Manager
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Shana C. Smith
		 	Title:	 	Class B Manager

 (Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication) 

This is one of the 7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 described in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
 Dated: 
  

			
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
	
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A1-3

 [Reverse Side of Note] 

NII INTERNATIONAL TELECOM S.C.A. 
 7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. Interest. The Company
promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.875% per annum from the date hereof until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 8 of the Registration Rights Agreement
referred to below. The Company shall pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an
“Interest Payment Date”) with the same force and effect as if made on such day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or,
if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 15, 2013. The Company shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent
lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. Method of Payment.
The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the record date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date,
even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their
addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global
Notes and to any Holder of Notes which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. 
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, the Trustee under the Indenture shall
act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Parent or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

  
 A1-4

 4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
May 23, 2013 (“Indenture”) among the Company, NII Holdings, Inc. and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the
provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder. 

5. Optional Redemption. (a) At any time on or after February 15, 2017, the Company shall have the option to redeem the
Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices set forth below (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on
the Notes to be redeemed to the date of the redemption (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month (or, in the case of 2019,
six-month) period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.938	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.969	% 
	 2019
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) At any time prior to February 15, 2016, the Company may (on any one or more occasions) redeem up
to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 107.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Affiliates); and (B) the redemption must occur within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(c) At any time prior to February 15, 2017, the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 days’ nor
more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption. 
 (d) The Company shall be entitled, at its option, to
redeem the Notes in whole if at any time it becomes obligated to pay additional amounts on any Notes on the next interest payment date with respect to such Notes, but only if its obligation results from a change in, or an amendment to, the laws or
treaties (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) 

  
 A1-5

 
of a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction (or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or from a change in any official position regarding the interpretation, administration or
application of those laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a change resulting from a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), that becomes effective or is announced after the Issue Date (or, if the Relevant Tax
Jurisdiction became a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction on a later date, after such later date) and provided the Company cannot avoid the obligation after taking reasonable measures to do so. If the Company redeems the Notes in these circumstances, it shall
do so at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, and any other amounts due to the redemption date. 

6. Repurchase at Option of Holder. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require
the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer by the Company (a “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control
Offer, the Company shall offer payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash of 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date of
repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment Date,” which date shall be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control). No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder
describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days
from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. 
 (b)
Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply such Net Proceeds at its option: (1) to repay, prepay, defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire, in whole or in
part, (i) Indebtedness secured by such assets; (ii) unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (iii) any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other
than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or (2) to purchase Replacement
Assets (or enter into a binding agreement to purchase such Replacement Assets; provided that (i) such purchase is consummated within the later of (x) 180 days after the date such binding agreement is entered into and (y) 365
days after the receipt of Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale and (ii) if such purchase is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (i), the Net Proceeds not so applied shall be deemed to be Excess Proceeds (as defined
below)). Pending the final applications of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the
Indenture. 
 On the 365th day after an Asset Sale (or, in the event that a binding agreement has been entered into as set forth in
clause (2) of the preceding paragraph, the later date set forth in such clause (2)) or such earlier date, if any, as the Company determines not to apply the Net Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale set forth in the preceding paragraph
(each such date being referred as an “Excess Proceeds Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Proceeds that has 

  
 A1-6

 
not been applied on or before the Excess Proceeds Trigger Date as permitted in the preceding paragraph (“Excess Proceeds”) will be applied by the Company to make an offer (an
“Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to
offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall
be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. 

The Company may defer the Asset Sale Offer until the aggregate unutilized Excess Proceeds accrued equals or exceeds $100.0 million, at
which time the entire unutilized amount of Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $100.0 million) will be applied as provided in the preceding paragraph. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of
each Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Proceeds subject to such Asset Sale will no longer be deemed to be Excess Proceeds. 
 The
Company shall not be required to make an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 of the Indenture if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes the Asset Sale Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance
with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to an Asset Sale Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Asset Sale Offer. 

(c) In the event that the Existing NII Capital 2016 Notes have not been repaid or refinanced in full (provided that any
Indebtedness refinancing the Existing NII Capital 2016 Notes shall have a Stated Maturity no earlier than the 191st day following the Stated Maturity of the Notes) on or prior to May 15, 2016, the Company shall make an offer (a
“Springing Maturity Offer”) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of
purchase in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture on June 15, 2016 (the “Springing Maturity Payment Date”). On the Springing Maturity Payment Date, the Company shall accept for purchase all Notes properly
tendered in the Springing Maturity Offer against payment of the offer price in cash. 
 7. Denominations, Transfer,
Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that Notes may be issuable in denominations less than $1,000 solely to the extent necessary
to accommodate book-entry positions created in such amounts by The Depository Trust Company. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among
other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may 

  
 A1-7

 
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company
is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. Transfer may be restricted as provided in the Indenture. 
 8. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 9. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or
the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the
Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights
under the Indenture of any such Holder. 
 10. Defaults and Remedies. In the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company specifying the Event of Default.
Holders of the Notes may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, interest or Additional Interest) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind and annul a declaration of
acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Indenture, and its consequences, and waive any related existing Default or Event of Default if certain conditions are satisfied. 

11. Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from,
and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 12. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or
the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

  
 A1-8

 13. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 14. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as
of May 23, 2013, between the Company, the Guarantor and the parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in
one or more registration rights agreements, if any, between the Company, the Guarantor and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantor to the purchasers of Additional Notes (the “Registration Rights
Agreement”). 
 15. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 16. Guarantee. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors. 

17. Copies of Documents. The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture
and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 NII International Telecom S.C.A. 

c/o NII Holdings, Inc. 
 1875 Explorer Street, Suite 1000 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 

Facsimile: 703-390-5191 
 Attention: Secretary 

  
 A1-9

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

					
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

							
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
		
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

 

									
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
					
	Date:	 	  
	 		 		 	
		 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

									
		 	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  
	 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A1-10

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10, 4.14 or 4.20 of the Indenture, check the
appropriate box below: 
  

					
	 ̈  Section 4.10	 	 ̈  Section 4.14	 	 ̈  Section 4.20

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10, Section 4.14 or Section 4.20 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

											
		 		 		 	$	 	  
	 	
						
	Date:	 	  
	 		 		 		 	

  

					
		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

					
			
		 	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

					
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  
	 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A1-11

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a
part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of Decrease
in Principal Amount
at Maturity of this
Global Note	  	Amount of Increase
in Principal Amount
at Maturity of this
Global Note	  	Principal Amount at
Maturity of this
Global Note
Following
such
decrease (or increase)	  	Signature of
Authorized Officer
of Trustee or Note
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A1-12

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 NII International Telecom S.C.A. 

c/o NII Holdings, Inc. 
 1875 Explorer Street,
Suite 1000 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 

Attention: Secretary 
 Wilmington Trust,
National Association 
 Rodney Square North 
 1100 N. Market St. 
 Wilmington, DE 19890-1615 

Fax: (302) 636-4145 
 Attention: Corporate
Capital Markets 
  

	 	Re:	7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among NII International
Telecom S.C.A., a partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and established under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Company”), NII Holdings, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                     (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount at maturity of $             in
such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in
Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

 ̈ 1. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A
Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),
and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note
for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 

  
 B-1

  ̈ 2. Check if Transferee will take
delivery of a beneficial interest in a Legended Regulation S Global Note, or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United
States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore
securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements
of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) the transfer is not being
made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Legended Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

 ̈ 3. Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Definitive
Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

  ̈ (a) such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;
or 
  ̈ (b) such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited
Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation
within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the
exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes less than
$100,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the
proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in
the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 B-2

 4. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  ̈ (a) Check if
Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

 ̈ (b) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States and, in the case of a transfer from a Restricted Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (a) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the
buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed
in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (b) no directed selling
efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and (d) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  ̈ (c) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive
Notes and in the Indenture. 

  
 B-3

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Company. 
  

					
	Dated:	 	  

	
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]

  

					
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 B-4

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  

					
		  		  	 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

			
	 ̈	  	(A)	  	A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE:
			
		  	(i)	  	144A Global Note (CUSIP 62914QAD9); or
			
		  	(ii)	  	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP L67466AB5); or
			
	 ̈	  	(B)	  	A RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  

					
		  		  	 [CHECK ONE]

			
	 ̈	  	(A)	  	A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE:
			
		  	(i)	  	144A Global Note (CUSIP 62914QAD9); or
			
		  	(ii)	  	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP L67466AB5); or
			
		  	(iii)	  	Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [            ]); or
			
	 ̈	  	(B)	  	A RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE; OR
			
	 ̈	  	(C)	  	AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE,

 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-5

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 NII International Telecom S.C.A. 

c/o NII Holdings, Inc. 
 1875 Explorer Street,
Suite 1000 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 

Attention: Secretary 
 Wilmington Trust,
National Association 
 Rodney Square North 
 1100 N. Market St. 
 Wilmington, DE 19890-1615 

Fax: (302) 636-4145 
 Attention: Corporate
Capital Markets 
  

	 	Re:	7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among NII International
Telecom S.C.A., a partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and established under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Company”), NII Holdings, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount at maturity of $             in such Note[s] or
interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of
Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  ̈ (a) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with
the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and
(iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

  
 C-1

  ̈ (b) Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  ̈ (c) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

 ̈ (d) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without
transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained
in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of
any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 

 ̈ (a) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies that the
Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 C-2

  ̈ (b) Check if Exchange is from Restricted
Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]: 

 

	 	 ̈	144A Global Note,  ̈ 

  

	 	 ̈	Regulation S Global Note,: 

 with an equal
principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Company. 
  

			
	Dated:	 	  

	
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

					
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 C-3

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

NII International Telecom S.C.A. 
 c/o NII
Holdings, Inc. 
 1875 Explorer Street, Suite 1000 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 
 Attention: Secretary 

Wilmington Trust, National Association 
 Rodney
Square North 
 1100 N. Market St. 

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615 
 Fax:
(302) 636-4145 
 Attention: Corporate Capital Markets 
  

	Re:	7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among NII International
Telecom S.C.A., a partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and established under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Company”), NII Holdings, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $             aggregate principal
amount at maturity of: 
 (a)  ̈ beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 (b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by,
and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

  
 D-1

 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we
should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only: 
 (i)(a) to a person whom we reasonably
believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the securities act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (b) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, (c) outside the United States to a non-U.S. person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 under the Securities Act, (d) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2) (3) or (7) of the Securities Act (an “Institutional Accredited Investor”)) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes the trustee a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect
of an aggregate principal amount of Notes less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the issuer that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, or (e) in accordance with another exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an Opinion of Counsel if the Company so requests), 
 (ii) to
the Company, or 
 (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement and, in each case, in accordance with
any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; 
 and we further agree to provide to any
person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the
Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will
bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the
Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5.
We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy
hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

							
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	  

		 		 		 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

  
 D-2

 
					
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 D-3

 EXHIBIT E 
 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, the Guarantor (which term
includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of May 23, 2013 (the
“Indenture”) between NII International Telecom S.C.A., NII Holdings, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal premium, if any, and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein), and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the
terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantor to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in
Article Ten of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and (b) appoints
the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose. 

  
 E-1

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be signed manually
or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer. 
  

					
	NII Holdings, Inc.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 E-2

 EXHIBIT F 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                    , among                     
(the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of NII International Telecom S.C.A. (or its permitted successor), a partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and established under
the laws of Luxembourg (the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, (or its permitted successor), as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company and the other Guarantors party thereto have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 23, 2013 providing
for the issuance of 7.875% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under
certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant
to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. 

(a) In accordance with the terms of Article Ten of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, along with all other Guarantors,
jointly and severally, and fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture,
the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 
 (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein), and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or
performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; 

  
 F-1

 (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so
guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection. 
 (b) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, its
obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 

(c) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary, subject to Section 6.06 of the Indenture, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be
discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture. 
 (d) The Guaranteeing
Subsidiary agrees that if any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or the
Guarantors, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 

(e) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to
the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. 
 (f)
The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six of
the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 

  
 F-2

 (g) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of Holders under the Note Guarantee. 

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary confirms, pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, that it is the intention of such Guaranteeing
Subsidiary that its Note Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to its Note Guarantee and, to effectuate the foregoing intention, hereby irrevocably agrees that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent
and fixed liabilities of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under Article Ten of the Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

3. Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Note Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 4. Guaranteeing Subsidiary
May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms. 
 (a) A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its assets, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(i) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(ii) either: 
 (A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is a corporation or limited
liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Luxembourg or any other country of the European Union or the same jurisdiction as the Subsidiary Guarantor and assumes all
the obligations of that Guarantor under the Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or 

(B) such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with Section 4.10 of the Indenture.

 (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance governed by Section 4(a)(ii)(A) hereof and upon the
assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the 

  
 F-3

 
Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by a Guarantor, such successor
Person shall succeed to and be substituted for a Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the
Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Note
Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

5. Release. 
 (a) Any Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee, (i) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a
Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale of all such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with Section 4.10 of the Indenture; (ii) if the Company
properly designates that Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the Indenture; (iii) upon legal or covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes as permitted under the Indenture; or (iv) solely in the case of a Note
Guarantee created pursuant to Section 4.18 of the Indenture, upon release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.18 of the Indenture, except a discharge or release by or as
a result of payment under such Guarantee. 
 (b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall
remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture as provided in Article Ten of the Indenture. 

6. No Recourse Against Others. Pursuant to Section 12.07 of the Indenture, no director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations
or their creation. 
 7. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 8. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 9. Effect of
Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

  
 F-4

 10. Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 F-5

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
            ,      
  

					
	[Guaranteeing Subsidiary]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	NII INTERNATIONAL TELECOM S.C.A.
	
	represented by its manager
	
	NII INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS S.à r.l.
	
	itself represented by Daniel E. Freiman and Shana C. Smith, duly authorized Class B Managers
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Daniel E. Freiman
		 	Title:	 	Class B Manager
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Shana C. Smith
		 	Title:	 	Class B Manager

  
 F-6

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00217-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00217-of-00352.parquet"}]]